blob: f3325096895ae3ceccfe72ed85a47768e0f40e66 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +000049#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000053#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000054#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000055using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000056using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000057
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000058namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000059 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
60 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
61 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000062 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000063
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000064 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000065 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
66 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
67 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000068 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000069
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000070 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
71 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
72 /// now.
73 ///
74 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000075 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000076 UI != UE; ++UI)
77 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
78 }
79
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000080 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
81 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
82 ///
83 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
84 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
85 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
86 WorkList.push_back(Op);
87 }
88
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000089 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
90 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000091 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000092 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000093
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000094 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000095 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000096 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000097 }
98
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000099 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
100
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000101 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
102 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
103 // Return Value:
104 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000105 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000106 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000107 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000108 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
115 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000116 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I);
117 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI);
118
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000119 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
120 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000121 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000122 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000123 Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
124 Instruction *FI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000125 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000126 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
127 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000128 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
129 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000130 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000131 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000132 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000133 Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000134 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000135 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000136
137 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000138 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000139
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000140 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000141 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000142 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
143
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000144 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000145 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
146 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
147 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000148 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000149 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
150 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000151 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
152 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
153 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000154 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000155 }
156
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000157 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
158 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
159 /// cast.
160 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
161 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000162
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000163 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
164 WorkList.push_back(C);
165 return C;
166 }
167
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000168 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
169 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
170 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
171 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
172 // modified.
173 //
174 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000175 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000176 if (&I != V) {
177 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
178 return &I;
179 } else {
180 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
181 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000182 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000183 return &I;
184 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000185 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000186
187 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
188 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
189 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
190 // this function.
191 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
192 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
193 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
194 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000195 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000196 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
197 }
198
199
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000200 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000201 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
202 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
203 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
204 ///
205 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
206 Instruction *InsertBefore);
207
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000208 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000209 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000210 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000211
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000212
213 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
214 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
215 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
216 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
217
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000218 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
219 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
220 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
221 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
222
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000223 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
224 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +0000225
226 Value *FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, ConstantIntegral *Mask,
227 bool isSub, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000228 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
229 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +0000230 Instruction *PromoteCastOfAllocation(CastInst &CI, AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000231 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000232
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000233 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000234}
235
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000236// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000237// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000238static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
239 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
240 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000241 return 3;
242 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000243 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000244 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
245 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000246}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000247
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000248// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
249// it.
250static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000251 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000252}
253
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000254// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
255// though a va_arg area...
256static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000257 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000258 case Type::SByteTyID:
259 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
260 case Type::UByteTyID:
261 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
262 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
263 default: return Ty;
264 }
265}
266
Chris Lattner567b81f2005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000267/// isCast - If the specified operand is a CastInst or a constant expr cast,
268/// return the operand value, otherwise return null.
269static Value *isCast(Value *V) {
270 if (CastInst *I = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
271 return I->getOperand(0);
272 else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
273 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
274 return CE->getOperand(0);
275 return 0;
276}
277
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000278// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
279// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000280//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000281// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
282// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
283// binary operators.
284//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000285// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
286// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000287//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000288bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000289 bool Changed = false;
290 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
291 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000292
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000293 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
294 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000295 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
296 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
297 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000298 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
299 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
300 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000301 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
302 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
303 return true;
304 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
305 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
306 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
307 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
308 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
309
310 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000311 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000312 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
313 Op1->getOperand(0),
314 Op1->getName(), &I);
315 WorkList.push_back(New);
316 I.setOperand(0, New);
317 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
318 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000319 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000320 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000321 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000322}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000323
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000324// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
325// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000326//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000327static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
328 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000329 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000330
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000331 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
332 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
333 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000334 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000335}
336
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000337static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
338 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000339 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000340
341 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000342 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000343 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000344 return 0;
345}
346
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000347// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
348// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000349// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
350// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000351//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000352static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000353 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000354 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000355 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000356 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000357 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000358 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000359 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000360 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
361 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
362 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
363 return I->getOperand(0);
364 }
365 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000366 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000367}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000368
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000369/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
370/// expression, return it.
371static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
372 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
373 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
374 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
375 return cast<User>(V);
376 return false;
377}
378
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000379// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000380static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
381 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
382 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000383}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000384static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
385 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
386 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000387}
388
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000389/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
390/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
391/// be the same type.
392static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
393 // Note, we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that
394 // we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing
395 // to to an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could
396 // optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero.
397 // Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway,
398 // this won't lose us code quality.
399 if (Mask->isNullValue())
400 return true;
401 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
402 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
403
404 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
405 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000406 case Instruction::And:
407 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
Chris Lattner03b9eb52005-10-09 22:08:50 +0000408 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1))) {
409 ConstantIntegral *C1C2 =
410 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask));
411 if (MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), C1C2))
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000412 return true;
Chris Lattner03b9eb52005-10-09 22:08:50 +0000413 }
414 // If either the LHS or the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is zero.
415 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) ||
416 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000417 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner03b9eb52005-10-09 22:08:50 +0000418 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000419 // If the LHS and the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
420 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) &&
421 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
422 case Instruction::Select:
423 // If the T and F values are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
424 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(2), Mask) &&
425 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask);
426 case Instruction::Cast: {
427 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
428 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
429 return (Mask->getRawValue() & 1) == 0;
430
431 if (SrcTy->isInteger()) {
432 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
433 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
434 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
435 return true;
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000436
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000437 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
438 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() == I->getType())||
439 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
440 Constant *NewMask =
441 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000442 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner62010c42005-10-09 06:36:35 +0000443 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
444 }
445 }
446 break;
447 }
448 case Instruction::Shl:
449 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0
450 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
451 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
452 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getUShr(Mask, SA)));
453 break;
454 case Instruction::Shr:
455 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
456 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
457 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
458 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
459 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
460 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
461 if (C1->isNullValue())
462 return true;
463 }
464 break;
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000465 }
466 }
467
468 return false;
469}
470
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000471// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
472// true when both operands are equal...
473//
474static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
475 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
476 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
477 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
478}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000479
480/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
481/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
482/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
483/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
484/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
485/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
486/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
487///
488template<typename Functor>
489Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
490 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
491 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
492
493 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
494 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
495 return F.apply(Root);
496
497 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
498 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000499 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000500 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
501 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
502
503 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
504 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
505 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
506 ShouldApply = true;
507 }
508
509 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
510 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
511 if (ShouldApply) {
512 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000513
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000514 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
515 // and perform the reassociation.
516 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
517
518 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
519 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
520
521 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
522 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000523 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000524 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
525 return 0;
526 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000527 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000528 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000529 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
530 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
531 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
532 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000533
534 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
535 // get to LHSI.
536 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
537 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000538 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
539 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
540 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
541 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
542 ARI = NextLHSI;
543
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000544 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
545 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
546 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
547 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
548 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000549
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000550 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
551 // the transformation...
552 return F.apply(Root);
553 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000554
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000555 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
556 }
557 return 0;
558}
559
560
561// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
562struct AddRHS {
563 Value *RHS;
564 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
565 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
566 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
567 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
568 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
569 }
570};
571
572// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
573// iff C1&C2 == 0
574struct AddMaskingAnd {
575 Constant *C2;
576 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
577 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000578 ConstantInt *C1;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000579 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000580 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000581 }
582 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000583 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000584 }
585};
586
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000587static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000588 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000589 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
590 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
591 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000592
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000593 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
594 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
595 }
596
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000597 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000598 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
599 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000600
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000601 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
602 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000603 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
604 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000605 }
606
607 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
608 if (!ConstIsRHS)
609 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
610 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000611 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
612 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
613 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
614 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000615 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000616 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000617 abort();
618 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000619 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
620}
621
622// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
623// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
624// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
625// not have a second operand.
626static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
627 InstCombiner *IC) {
628 // Don't modify shared select instructions
629 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
630 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
631 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
632
633 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner374e6592005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000634 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
635 if (SI->getType() == Type::BoolTy) return 0;
636
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000637 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
638 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
639
640 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
641 SelectFalseVal);
642 }
643 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000644}
645
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000646
647/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
648/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
649/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
650Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
651 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000652 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
653 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
654 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000655
656 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
657 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000658 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000659 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
660 return 0;
661
662 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
663 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
664 I.setName("");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000665 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000666 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
667
668 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
669 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
670 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000671 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000672 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
673 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
674 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
675 }
676 } else {
677 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
678 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000679 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000680 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
681 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
682 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
683 }
684 }
685 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
686}
687
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000688Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000689 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000690 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000691
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000692 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000693 // X + undef -> undef
694 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
695 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
696
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000697 // X + 0 --> X
Chris Lattner7fde91e2005-10-17 17:56:38 +0000698 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint()) { // NOTE: -0 + +0 = +0.
699 if (RHSC->isNullValue())
700 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Chris Lattnerda1b1522005-10-17 20:18:38 +0000701 } else if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
702 if (CFP->isExactlyValue(-0.0))
703 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Chris Lattner7fde91e2005-10-17 17:56:38 +0000704 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000705
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000706 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
707 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000708 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000709 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000710 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000711 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000712 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000713
714 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
715 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
716 return NV;
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000717
718 ConstantInt *XorRHS;
719 Value *XorLHS;
720 if (match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
721 unsigned TySizeBits = I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
722 int64_t RHSSExt = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getSExtValue();
723 uint64_t RHSZExt = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getZExtValue();
724
725 uint64_t C0080Val = 1ULL << 31;
726 int64_t CFF80Val = -C0080Val;
727 unsigned Size = 32;
728 do {
729 if (TySizeBits > Size) {
730 bool Found = false;
731 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
732 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
733 if (RHSSExt == CFF80Val) {
734 if (XorRHS->getZExtValue() == C0080Val)
735 Found = true;
736 } else if (RHSZExt == C0080Val) {
737 if (XorRHS->getSExtValue() == CFF80Val)
738 Found = true;
739 }
740 if (Found) {
741 // This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
742 Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(XorLHS->getType());
743 Mask = ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask,
744 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 64-TySizeBits-Size));
745 if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS, cast<ConstantInt>(Mask)))
746 Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
747 goto FoundSExt;
748 }
749 }
750 Size >>= 1;
751 C0080Val >>= Size;
752 CFF80Val >>= Size;
753 } while (Size >= 8);
754
755FoundSExt:
756 const Type *MiddleType = 0;
757 switch (Size) {
758 default: break;
759 case 32: MiddleType = Type::IntTy; break;
760 case 16: MiddleType = Type::ShortTy; break;
761 case 8: MiddleType = Type::SByteTy; break;
762 }
763 if (MiddleType) {
764 Instruction *NewTrunc = new CastInst(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
765 InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
766 return new CastInst(NewTrunc, I.getType());
767 }
768 }
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000769 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000770
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000771 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000772 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000773 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000774
775 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
776 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
777 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
778 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
779 }
780 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
781 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
782 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
783 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
784 }
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000785 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000786
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000787 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000788 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000789 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000790
791 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000792 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
793 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000794 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000795
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000796
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000797 ConstantInt *C2;
798 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
799 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
800 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
801
802 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
803 ConstantInt *C1;
804 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
805 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000806 }
807
808 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000809 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
810 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
811
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000812
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000813 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000814 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000815 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000816
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000817 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000818 Value *X;
819 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
820 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
821 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000822 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000823
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000824 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
825 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
826 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
827 if (Anded == CRHS) {
828 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
829 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
830 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
831
832 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
833 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000834 AddRHSHighBits &= ~0ULL >> (64-C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000835
836 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
837 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000838
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000839 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
840 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
841 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
842 LHS->getName()), I);
843 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
844 }
845 }
846 }
847
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000848 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
849 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000850 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000851 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000852 }
853
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000854 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000855}
856
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000857// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
858// highest order bit set.
859static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000860 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +0000861 return (CI->getRawValue() & (~0ULL >> (64-NumBits))) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000862}
863
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000864/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
865///
866static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
867 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
868 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
869 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
870 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000871 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000872 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
873 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
874 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
875 }
876 return V;
877}
878
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000879Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000880 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000881
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000882 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
883 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000884
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000885 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000886 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000887 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000888
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000889 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
890 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
891 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
893
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000894 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
895 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000896 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
897 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000898
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000899 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +0000900 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000901 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
902 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000903 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000904 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
905 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000906 if (C->isNullValue()) {
907 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
908 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000909 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
910 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
911 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000912 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000913 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000914 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000915 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000916 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +0000917 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000918 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
919 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
920 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
921 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
922 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
923 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
924 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000925 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
926 return NewShift;
927 else {
928 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
929 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
930 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000931 }
932 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000933 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000934
935 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
936 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000937 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000938 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000939
940 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
941 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
942 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000943 }
944
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000945 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
946 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
947 !Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000948 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000949 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000950 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000951 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Chris Lattnerc7f3c1a2005-04-07 16:28:01 +0000952 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
953 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
954 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
955 return BinaryOperator::createSub(ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2),
956 Op1I->getOperand(0));
957 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000958 }
959
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000960 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000961 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
962 // is not used by anyone else...
963 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000964 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
965 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000966 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
967 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
968 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
969 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000970
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000971 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000972 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000973 }
974
975 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
976 //
977 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
978 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
979 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
980
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000981 Value *NewNot =
982 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000983 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000984 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000985
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000986 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
987 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
988 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000989 if (CSI->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000990 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000991 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000992 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
993
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000994 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +0000995 ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000996 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000997 Constant *CP1 =
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000998 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000999 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001000 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +00001001 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001002 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001003
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +00001004 if (!Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint())
1005 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
1006 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00001007 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
1008 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
1009 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
1010 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner47060462005-04-07 17:14:51 +00001011 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
1012 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
1013 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00001014 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001015
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001016 ConstantInt *C1;
1017 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
1018 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
1019 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
1020 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
1021 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001022
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001023 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
1024 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
1025 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
1026 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001027 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001028}
1029
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001030/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
1031/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
1032static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
1033 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
1034 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
1035 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
1036 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
1037 } else {
1038 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
1039 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
1040 // the size of the integer type.
1041 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001042 return RHSC->getValue() ==
1043 1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001044 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
1045 return RHSC->getValue() ==
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001046 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))-1;
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001047 }
1048 return false;
1049}
1050
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001051Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001052 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001053 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001054
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001055 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
1056 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1057
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001058 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001059 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
1060 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00001061
1062 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
1063 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
1064 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
1065 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001066 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
1067 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001068
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +00001069 if (CI->isNullValue())
1070 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
1071 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
1072 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1073 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +00001074 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +00001075
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +00001076 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00001077 if (isPowerOf2_64(Val)) { // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
1078 uint64_t C = Log2_64(Val);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001079 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
1080 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00001081 }
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +00001082 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001083 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
1084 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +00001085
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001086 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
1087 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
1088 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
1089 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
1090 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001091
1092 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
1093 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001094 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001095 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001096
1097 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1098 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1099 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001100 }
1101
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +00001102 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
1103 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001104 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +00001105
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001106 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
1107 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
1108 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
1109 // formed.
1110 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
1111 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
1112 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
1113 BoolCast = CI;
1114 if (!BoolCast)
1115 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
1116 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
1117 BoolCast = CI;
1118 if (BoolCast) {
1119 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
1120 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
1121 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
1122
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001123 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
1124 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
1125 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
1126 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001127 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
1128 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001129 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001130 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00001131 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001132 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
1133 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
1134 }
1135
1136 Value *V =
1137 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
1138 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
1139 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001140
1141 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
1142 // or truncate to the multiply type.
1143 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +00001144 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001145
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001146 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001147 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +00001148 }
1149 }
1150 }
1151
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001152 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001153}
1154
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001155Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001156 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001157
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001158 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
1159 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1160 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1161 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
1162
1163 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001164 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001165 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001166 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001167
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001168 // div X, -1 == -X
1169 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001170 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001171
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001172 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001173 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
1174 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001175 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
1176 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
1177 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
1178 }
1179
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001180 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
1181 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1182 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1183 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00001184 if (isPowerOf2_64(Val)) {
1185 uint64_t C = Log2_64(Val);
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001186 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001187 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00001188 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001189
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001190 // -X/C -> X/-C
1191 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001192 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001193 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1194
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001195 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1196 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001197 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001198 return R;
1199 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1200 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1201 return NV;
1202 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001203 }
1204
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001205 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1206 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1207 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1208 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1209 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1210 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1211 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001212 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001213 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
Chris Lattner89dc4f12005-06-16 04:55:52 +00001214 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001215 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001216 }
1217
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001218 uint64_t TVA = STO->getValue(), FVA = SFO->getValue();
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00001219 if (isPowerOf2_64(TVA) && isPowerOf2_64(FVA)) {
1220 unsigned TSA = Log2_64(TVA), FSA = Log2_64(FVA);
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001221 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1222 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1223 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1224 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001225
Chris Lattner42362612005-04-08 04:03:26 +00001226 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1227 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1228 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1229 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1230 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1231 }
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001232 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001233
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001234 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001235 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001236 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1237 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1238
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001239 return 0;
1240}
1241
1242
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001243Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001244 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001245 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001246 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001247 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001248 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001249 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1250 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1251 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1252 return &I;
1253 }
1254
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001255 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001256 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001257 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1258 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001259
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001260 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001261 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1262 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1263
1264 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1265 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1266 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1267 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001268 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001269 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1270 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1271
1272 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1273 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001274 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001275 return R;
1276 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1277 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1278 return NV;
1279 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001280 }
1281
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001282 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1283 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1284 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1285 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1286 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1287 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1288 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001289 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001290 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1291 I.setOperand(1, STO);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001292 return &I;
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001293 }
1294
1295 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1296 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1297 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1298 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1299 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1300 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1301 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1302 }
1303 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001304
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001305 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001306 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001307 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001308 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1309
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001310 return 0;
1311}
1312
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001313// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001314static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001315 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1316 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001317 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001318 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1319 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1320 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1321 }
1322
1323 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001324
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001325 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001326 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001327 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1328 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1329 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1330}
1331
1332// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001333static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001334 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1335 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1336
1337 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001338
1339 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001340 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001341 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1342 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1343 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1344}
1345
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001346// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1347// constant.
1348static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1349 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1350 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1351}
1352
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001353#if 0 // Currently unused
1354// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1355static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1356 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1357
1358 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1359 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1360
1361 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1362 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1363}
1364#endif
1365
1366// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1367// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1368static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1369 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner2c14cf72005-08-07 07:03:10 +00001370 if (~V == 0) return false; // 0's does not match "1+"
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001371
1372 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1373 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1374
1375 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1376 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1377}
1378
1379
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001380/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1381/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1382///
1383/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1384///
1385/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1386/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1387/// if A < B.
1388///
1389static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1390 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1391 // False -> 0
1392 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1393 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1394 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1395 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1396 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1397 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1398 // True -> 7
1399 default:
1400 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1401 return 0;
1402 }
1403}
1404
1405/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1406/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1407/// SetCC instruction.
1408static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1409 switch (Opcode) {
1410 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1411 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1412 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1413 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1414 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1415 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1416 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1417 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1418 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1419 }
1420}
1421
1422// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1423struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1424 InstCombiner &IC;
1425 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1426 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1427 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1428 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1429 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1430 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1431 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1432 return false;
1433 }
1434 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1435 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1436 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1437 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1438 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1439 }
1440
1441 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1442 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1443 unsigned Code;
1444 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1445 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1446 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1447 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001448 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001449 }
1450
1451 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1452 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1453 return I;
1454 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1455 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1456 }
1457};
1458
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001459// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1460// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1461// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1462Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1463 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1464 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1465 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1466 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001467 Constant *Together = 0;
1468 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001469 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001470
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001471 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1472 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001473 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001474 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1475 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001476 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001477 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001478 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001479 }
1480 break;
1481 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001482 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1483 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001484
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001485 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1486 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1487 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1488 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1489 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1490 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001491 }
1492 break;
1493 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001494 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001495 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1496 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1497 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001498 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001499
1500 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00001501 AndRHSV &= ~0ULL >> (64-AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001502
1503 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001504 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001505 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1506 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1507 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001508 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001509
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001510 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1511 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1512 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1513 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1514 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1515 // no effect.
1516 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1517 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1518 return &TheAnd;
1519 } else {
1520 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1521 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001522 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001523 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001524 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001525 }
1526 }
1527 }
1528 }
1529 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001530
1531 case Instruction::Shl: {
1532 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1533 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1534 //
1535 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001536 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1537 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001538
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001539 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1540 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1541 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001542 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1543 return &TheAnd;
1544 }
1545 break;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001546 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001547 case Instruction::Shr:
1548 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1549 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1550 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1551 //
1552 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1553 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001554 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1555 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1556
1557 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1558 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1559 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1560 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001561 return &TheAnd;
1562 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001563 } else { // Signed shr.
1564 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1565 // with an and.
1566 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1567 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1568 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1569 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001570 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001571 // Make the argument unsigned.
1572 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1573 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1574 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1575 TheAnd);
1576 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1577 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1578 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001579 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1580 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1581 TheAnd.getName()),
1582 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001583 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1584 }
1585 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001586 }
1587 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001588 }
1589 return 0;
1590}
1591
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001592
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001593/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1594/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1595/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1596/// insert new instructions.
1597Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1598 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1599 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1600 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1601 if (Inside) {
1602 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1603 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1604 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1605 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001606
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001607 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1608 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1609 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1610 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1611 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1612 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1613 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1614 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1615 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1616 }
1617
1618 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1619 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1620
1621 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1622 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1623 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1624
1625 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1626 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1627 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1628 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1629 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1630 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1631 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1632 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1633 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1634 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1635}
1636
Chris Lattnerb4b25302005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001637// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
1638// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
1639// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
1640// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
1641static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantIntegral *Val, unsigned &MB, unsigned &ME) {
1642 uint64_t V = Val->getRawValue();
1643 if (!isShiftedMask_64(V)) return false;
1644
1645 // look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
1646 MB = 64-CountLeadingZeros_64((V - 1) ^ V);
1647 // look for the first non-zero bit
1648 ME = 64-CountLeadingZeros_64(V);
1649 return true;
1650}
1651
1652
1653
1654/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
1655/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
1656/// the following xforms:
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001657///
1658/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
1659/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1660/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1661///
1662/// return (A +/- B).
1663///
1664Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
1665 ConstantIntegral *Mask, bool isSub,
1666 Instruction &I) {
1667 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
1668 if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
1669 !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
1670
1671 ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
1672
1673 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
1674 default: return 0;
1675 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattnerb4b25302005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001676 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) {
1677 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
1678 if ((Mask->getRawValue() & Mask->getRawValue()+1) == 0)
1679 break;
1680
1681 // Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
1682 // part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
1683 // is all N is, ignore it.
1684 unsigned MB, ME;
1685 if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
1686 Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(RHS->getType());
1687 Mask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(Mask,
1688 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
1689 (64-MB+1)));
1690 if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Mask)))
1691 break;
1692 }
1693 }
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001694 return 0;
1695 case Instruction::Or:
1696 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattnerb4b25302005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001697 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
1698 if ((Mask->getRawValue() & Mask->getRawValue()+1) == 0 &&
1699 ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001700 break;
1701 return 0;
1702 }
1703
1704 Instruction *New;
1705 if (isSub)
1706 New = BinaryOperator::createSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
1707 else
1708 New = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
1709 return InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
1710}
1711
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001712
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001713Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001714 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001715 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001716
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001717 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1718 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1719
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001720 // and X, X = X
1721 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001722 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001723
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001724 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001725 // and X, -1 == X
1726 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001727 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner38a1b002005-10-26 17:18:16 +00001728
1729 // and (and X, c1), c2 -> and (x, c1&c2). Handle this case here, before
1730 // calling MaskedValueIsZero, to avoid inefficient cases where we traipse
1731 // through many levels of ands.
1732 {
1733 Value *X; ConstantInt *C1;
1734 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))))
1735 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, AndRHS));
1736 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001737
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001738 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1739 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1740
1741 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1742 // and in the first place.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001743 ConstantIntegral *NotAndRHS =
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001744 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001745 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, NotAndRHS))
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001746 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001747
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001748 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1749 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1750 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001751 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1752 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1753 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1754 case Instruction::Xor:
1755 case Instruction::Or:
1756 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1757 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1758 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001759 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001760 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001761 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001762
1763 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
1764 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1765 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1766 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1767 Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1768 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1769 InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
1770 return BinaryOperator::create(
1771 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001772 }
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001773 if (!isa<Constant>(NotAndRHS) &&
1774 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1775 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1776 Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1777 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1778 InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
1779 return BinaryOperator::create(
1780 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
1781 }
1782 }
1783
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001784 break;
1785 case Instruction::And:
1786 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1787 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1788 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1789 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1790 break;
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001791 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerb4b25302005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001792 // ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1793 // ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1794 // ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1795 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
1796 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS);
1797 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
1798 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001799 break;
1800
1801 case Instruction::Sub:
Chris Lattnerb4b25302005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001802 // ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1803 // ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1804 // ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1805 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
1806 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS);
Chris Lattneraf517572005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001807 break;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001808 }
1809
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001810 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001811 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001812 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001813 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1814 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1815
Chris Lattner2c14cf72005-08-07 07:03:10 +00001816 // If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
1817 // if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
1818 // frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
1819 if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
1820 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >=
1821 I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() &&
1822 CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
1823 if (ConstantInt *AndCI =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1)))
1824 if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
1825 // Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
1826 // into : and (cast X to T), trunc(C1)&C2
1827 // This will folds the two ands together, which may allow other
1828 // simplifications.
1829 Instruction *NewCast =
1830 new CastInst(CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
1831 CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
1832 NewCast = InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, I);
1833
1834 Constant *C3=ConstantExpr::getCast(AndCI, I.getType());//trunc(C1)
1835 C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS); // trunc(C1)&C2
1836 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewCast, C3);
1837 } else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
1838 // Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
1839 // into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
1840 Constant *C3=ConstantExpr::getCast(AndCI, I.getType());//trunc(C1)
1841 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS) // trunc(C1)&C2
1842 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
1843 }
1844 }
1845
1846
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001847 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1848 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00001849 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
1850 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001851
1852 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1853 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1854 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1855 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1856 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1857 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1858 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1859 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1860 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1861 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1862 return &I;
1863 }
1864
1865 } else {
1866 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1867 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1868 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1869 // it.
1870 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1871 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1872 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1873 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1874 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1875 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1876 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1877 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1878 Instruction *NC =
1879 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1880 CI->getName()+".uns");
1881 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1882 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1883 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1884 CI->setName("");
1885 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1886 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1887 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1888 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1889 }
1890 }
1891 }
1892 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001893 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001894
1895 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1896 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001897 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001898 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001899 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1900 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1901 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001902 }
1903
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001904 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1905 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001906
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001907 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1908 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1909
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001910 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001911 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001912 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1913 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001914 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001915 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1916 }
1917
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001918 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1919 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001920 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1921 return R;
1922
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001923 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1924 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1925 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1926 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1927 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1928 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1929 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001930 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001931 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1932 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1933 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1934 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1935 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1936 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1937 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1938 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1939 }
1940
1941 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1942 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1943 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1944 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1945 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1946 // equal.
1947 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1948
1949 switch (LHSCC) {
1950 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1951 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1952 switch (RHSCC) {
1953 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1954 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1955 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1956 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1957 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1958 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1959 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1960 }
1961 case Instruction::SetNE:
1962 switch (RHSCC) {
1963 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1964 case Instruction::SetLT:
1965 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1966 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1967 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1968 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1969 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1970 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1971 case Instruction::SetNE:
1972 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1973 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1974 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1975 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1976 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1977 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1978 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1979 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1980 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1981 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1982 }
1983 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1984 }
1985 break;
1986 case Instruction::SetLT:
1987 switch (RHSCC) {
1988 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1989 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1990 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1991 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1992 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1993 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1994 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1995 }
1996 case Instruction::SetGT:
1997 switch (RHSCC) {
1998 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1999 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
2000 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2001 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
2002 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2003 case Instruction::SetNE:
2004 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
2005 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
2006 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002007 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
2008 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00002009 }
2010 }
2011 }
2012 }
2013
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002014 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002015}
2016
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002017Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002018 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002019 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002020
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002021 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
2022 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
2023 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2024
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002025 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002026 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
2027 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002028
2029 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002030 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002031 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
2032 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
2033 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
2034 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
2035 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002036
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002037 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
2038 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
2039 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb62f5082005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002040 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0->getName());
2041 Op0->setName("");
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002042 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
2043 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
2044 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002045
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002046 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
2047 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
2048 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
2049 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
2050 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
2051 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
2052 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002053 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002054
2055 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2056 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002057 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002058 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002059 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2060 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2061 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002062 }
2063
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002064 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
Chris Lattner4294cec2005-05-07 23:49:08 +00002065
2066 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
2067 if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A & ?) | A --> A
2068 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
2069 if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
2070 if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A | (A & ?) --> A
2071 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
2072
Chris Lattnerb62f5082005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002073 // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
2074 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2075 MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1)) {
2076 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op1, Op0->getName());
2077 Op0->setName("");
2078 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
2079 }
2080
2081 // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
2082 if (Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2083 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1)) {
2084 Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op0, Op1->getName());
2085 Op0->setName("");
2086 return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
2087 }
2088
Chris Lattner15212982005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002089 // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002090 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Chris Lattner15212982005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002091 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
2092
2093 if (A == B) // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
2094 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
2095
2096
Chris Lattner01f56c62005-09-18 06:02:59 +00002097 // If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
2098 // .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
2099 // replace with V+N.
2100 if (C1 == ConstantExpr::getNot(C2)) {
2101 Value *V1, *V2;
2102 if ((C2->getRawValue() & (C2->getRawValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
2103 match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
2104 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2105 if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2))
2106 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2107 if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2))
2108 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2109 }
2110 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2111 if ((C1->getRawValue() & (C1->getRawValue()+1)) == 0 &&
2112 match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
2113 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2114 if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1))
2115 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
2116 if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1))
2117 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
Chris Lattner15212982005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002118 }
2119 }
2120 }
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00002121
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002122 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
2123 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002124 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002125 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2126 } else {
2127 A = 0;
2128 }
Chris Lattner4294cec2005-05-07 23:49:08 +00002129 // Note, A is still live here!
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002130 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
2131 if (Op0 == B)
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002132 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002133 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00002134
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00002135 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002136 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
2137 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
2138 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
2139 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
2140 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00002141 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002142
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002143 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002144 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002145 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2146 return R;
2147
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002148 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
2149 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
2150 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
2151 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
2152 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
2153 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
2154 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002155 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002156 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
2157 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
2158 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
2159 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
2160 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
2161 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2162 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
2163 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
2164 }
2165
2166 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
2167 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
2168 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
2169 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
2170 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
2171 // equal.
2172 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
2173
2174 switch (LHSCC) {
2175 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
2176 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2177 switch (RHSCC) {
2178 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
2179 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2180 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
2181 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
2182 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
2183 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
2184 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
2185 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2186 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
2187 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
2188 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
2189 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
2190 }
2191 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
2192
Chris Lattner5c219462005-04-19 06:04:18 +00002193 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> no change
2194 break;
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002195 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2196 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
2197 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2198 }
2199 break;
2200 case Instruction::SetNE:
2201 switch (RHSCC) {
2202 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002203 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
2204 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
2205 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2206 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
Chris Lattner2ceb6ee2005-06-17 03:59:17 +00002207 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> true
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002208 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2209 }
2210 break;
2211 case Instruction::SetLT:
2212 switch (RHSCC) {
2213 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
2214 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
2215 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002216 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
2217 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002218 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2219 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
2220 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2221 }
2222 break;
2223 case Instruction::SetGT:
2224 switch (RHSCC) {
2225 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
2226 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
2227 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
2228 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2229 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
2230 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
2231 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2232 }
2233 }
2234 }
2235 }
Chris Lattner15212982005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002236
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002237 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002238}
2239
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002240// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
2241struct XorSelf {
2242 Value *RHS;
2243 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
2244 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
2245 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
2246 return &Xor;
2247 }
2248};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002249
2250
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002251Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002252 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002253 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002254
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002255 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
2256 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
2257
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002258 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
2259 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
2260 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002261 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002262 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002263
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002264 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002265 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002266 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002267 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002268
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002269 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002270 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002271 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002272 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002273 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
2274 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002275
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002276 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002277 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2278 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002279 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2280 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002281 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002282 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002283 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002284
2285 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
2286 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
2287 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
2288 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
2289 Instruction *NotY =
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002290 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002291 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
2292 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
2293 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
2294 }
2295 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002296
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002297 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002298 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
2299 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002300 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002301 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002302 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
2303 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
2304 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002305 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002306 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002307 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002308 break;
2309 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002310 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002311 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
2312 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002313 break;
2314 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002315 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002316 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002317 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002318 break;
2319 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002320 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002321 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002322
2323 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2324 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002325 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002326 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002327 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2328 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2329 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002330 }
2331
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002332 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002333 if (X == Op1)
2334 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2335 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2336
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002337 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002338 if (X == Op0)
2339 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2340 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2341
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002342 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002343 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002344 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2345 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2346 I.swapOperands();
2347 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2348 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2349 I.swapOperands();
2350 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002351 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002352 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2353 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2354 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2355 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2356 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2357 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002358
2359 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002360 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002361 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2362 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002363 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002364 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2365 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002366 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002367 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002368 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2369 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2370 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2371 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2372 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002373 }
2374
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002375 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002376 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2377 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2378 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002379 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002380 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002381
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002382 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2383 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2384 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2385 return R;
2386
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002387 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002388}
2389
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002390/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2391/// overflowed for this type.
2392static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2393 ConstantInt *In2) {
2394 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2395 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2396}
2397
2398static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2399 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2400}
2401
2402/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2403/// overflowed for this type.
2404static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2405 ConstantInt *In2) {
2406 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2407
2408 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2409 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2410 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2411 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2412 return false;
2413 if (isPositive(In1))
2414 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2415 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2416 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2417 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2418}
2419
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002420/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2421/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2422/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2423static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2424 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2425 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2426 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2427 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2428 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2429
2430 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2431 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2432 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2433
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002434 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2435 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002436 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002437 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2438 SIntPtrTy);
2439 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2440 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002441 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002442 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2443 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2444 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2445 else {
2446 // Emit an add instruction.
2447 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2448 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2449 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2450 }
2451 }
2452 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002453 // Convert to correct type.
2454 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2455 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2456 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002457 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2458 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2459 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002460
2461 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002462 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002463 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2464 }
2465 }
2466 return Result;
2467}
2468
2469/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2470/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2471Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2472 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2473 Instruction &I) {
2474 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002475
2476 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2477 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2478 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2479
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002480 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2481 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2482 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2483 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2484 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002485 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2486 Instruction *InVal = 0;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002487 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
2488 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002489 bool EmitIt = true;
2490 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2491 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2492 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2493 if (C->isNullValue())
2494 EmitIt = false;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002495 else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
2496 EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002497 } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002498 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2499 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2500 }
2501
2502 if (EmitIt) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002503 Instruction *Comp =
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002504 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2505 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2506 if (InVal == 0)
2507 InVal = Comp;
2508 else {
2509 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2510 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2511 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2512 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2513 else // True if all are equal
2514 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 if (InVal)
2520 return InVal;
2521 else
2522 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2523 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2524 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002525
2526 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2527 // the result to fold to a constant!
2528 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2529 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2530 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2531 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2532 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2533 }
2534 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002535 // If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
2536 // compare the base pointer.
2537 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
2538 bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00002539 IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
Chris Lattnerbd43b9d2005-04-26 14:40:41 +00002540 GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002541 if (IndicesTheSame)
2542 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2543 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
2544 IndicesTheSame = false;
2545 break;
2546 }
2547
2548 // If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
2549 if (IndicesTheSame)
2550 return new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2551 GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
2552
2553 // Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
2554 // different, bail out.
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002555 return 0;
Chris Lattnera21bf8d2005-04-25 20:17:30 +00002556 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002557
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002558 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2559 bool AllZeros = true;
2560 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2561 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2562 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2563 AllZeros = false;
2564 break;
2565 }
2566 if (AllZeros)
2567 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2568 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002569
2570 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002571 AllZeros = true;
2572 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2573 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2574 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2575 AllZeros = false;
2576 break;
2577 }
2578 if (AllZeros)
2579 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2580
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002581 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2582 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2583 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2584 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2585 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2586 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002587 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
2588 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002589 // Irreconcilable differences.
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002590 NumDifferences = 2;
2591 break;
2592 } else {
2593 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2594 DiffOperand = i;
2595 }
2596 }
2597
2598 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2599 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2600 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2601 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002602 Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2603 Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
Chris Lattner247aef82005-07-18 23:07:33 +00002604
2605 // Convert the operands to signed values to make sure to perform a
2606 // signed comparison.
2607 const Type *NewTy = LHSV->getType()->getSignedVersion();
2608 if (LHSV->getType() != NewTy)
2609 LHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSV, NewTy,
2610 LHSV->getName()), I);
2611 if (RHSV->getType() != NewTy)
2612 RHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(RHSV, NewTy,
2613 RHSV->getName()), I);
2614 return new SetCondInst(Cond, LHSV, RHSV);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002615 }
2616 }
2617
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002618 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2619 // the result to fold to a constant!
2620 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2621 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2622 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2623 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2624 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2625 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2626 }
2627 }
2628 return 0;
2629}
2630
2631
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00002632Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(SetCondInst &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002633 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002634 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2635 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002636
2637 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002638 if (Op0 == Op1)
2639 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002640
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002641 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2642 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2643
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002644 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2645 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002646 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2647 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2648 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002649 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002650 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2651
2652 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2653 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002654 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2655 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2656 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002657 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002658 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002659 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002660 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002661 case Instruction::SetNE:
2662 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002663
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002664 case Instruction::SetGT:
2665 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2666 // FALL THROUGH
2667 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2668 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2669 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2670 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2671 }
2672 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002673 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002674 // FALL THROUGH
2675 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2676 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2677 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2678 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2679 }
2680 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002681 }
2682
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002683 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2684 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002685 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002686 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2687 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2688 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2689 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2690 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2691 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2692 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2693 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2694 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2695 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2696
2697 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2698 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2699 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2700 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2701 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2702 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2703 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2704 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2705 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2706
2707 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2708 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2709 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2710 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2711 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2712 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2713
2714 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2715 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2716 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2717 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2718 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2719 }
2720
2721 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2722 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2723 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2724 //
2725 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2726 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2727 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2728 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2729
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002730 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002731 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
2732 case Instruction::And:
2733 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2734 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2735 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2736 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2737 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2738 // access.
2739 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2740 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2741 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2742 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2743 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002744
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002745 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2746 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2747 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2748 if (ShAmt) {
2749 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002750 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002751 if (!CanFold) {
2752 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2753 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
Chris Lattnerc53cb9d2005-06-17 01:29:28 +00002754 int ShAmtVal = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShAmt->getValue();
2755 if (ShAmtVal < 0) ShAmtVal = 0; // Out of range shift.
2756
2757 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShAmtVal);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002758 Constant *ShVal =
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002759 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2760 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2761 CanFold = true;
2762 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002763
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002764 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002765 Constant *NewCst;
2766 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2767 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2768 else
2769 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002770
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002771 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2772 // compared.
2773 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2774 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2775 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2776 // result is always true or false now.
2777 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2778 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2779 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2780 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2781 } else {
2782 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002783 Constant *NewAndCST;
2784 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2785 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2786 else
2787 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2788 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002789 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2790 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2791 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2792 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002793 }
2794 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002795 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002796 }
2797 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002798
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002799 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2800 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2801 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2802 default: break;
2803 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2804 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002805 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
2806
2807 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2808 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2809 // simplified.
2810 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2811 break;
2812
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002813 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2814 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002815 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002816 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2817 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2818 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2819 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2820 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2821 }
2822
2823 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2824 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002825 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002826 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2827
2828 Constant *Mask;
2829 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2830 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2831 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2832 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2833 } else {
2834 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2835 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002836
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002837 Instruction *AndI =
2838 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2839 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2840 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2841 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2842 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2843 }
2844 }
2845 }
2846 }
2847 break;
2848
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002849 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002850 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002851 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2852 default: break;
2853 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2854 case Instruction::SetNE: {
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002855
2856 // Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
2857 // undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
2858 // simplified.
Chris Lattner104002b2005-06-16 01:52:07 +00002859 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner19b57f52005-06-15 20:53:31 +00002860 if (ShAmt->getValue() >= TypeBits)
2861 break;
2862
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002863 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2864 // comparison cannot succeed.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002865 Constant *Comp =
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002866 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002867
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002868 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2869 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2870 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2871 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2872 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002873
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002874 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002875 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002876
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002877 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2878 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2879 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2880
2881 Constant *Mask;
2882 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00002883 Val &= ~0ULL >> (64-TypeBits);
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002884 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2885 } else {
2886 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2887 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002888
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002889 Instruction *AndI =
2890 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2891 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2892 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2893 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2894 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2895 }
2896 break;
2897 }
2898 }
2899 }
2900 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002901
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002902 case Instruction::Div:
2903 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2904 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2905 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2906 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2907 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2908 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2909 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2910 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2911
2912 ConstantInt *Prod;
2913 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2914
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002915 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2916
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002917 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2918 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2919 LoBound = Prod;
2920 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2921 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2922 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2923 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2924 // Can't overflow.
2925 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2926 HiBound = DivRHS;
2927 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2928 LoBound = Prod;
2929 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2930 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2931 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2932 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2933 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2934 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2935 HiBound = Prod;
2936 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2937 }
2938 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2939 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2940 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2941 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
Chris Lattner73bcba52005-06-17 02:05:55 +00002942 if (HiBound == DivRHS)
2943 LoBound = 0; // - INTMIN = INTMIN
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002944 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2945 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2946 if (!LoOverflow)
2947 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2948 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2949 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2950 LoBound = Prod;
2951 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2952 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2953 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002954
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002955 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2956 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002957 }
2958
2959 if (LoBound) {
2960 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002961 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002962 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2963 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2964 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2965 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2966 else if (HiOverflow)
2967 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2968 else if (LoOverflow)
2969 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2970 else
2971 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2972 case Instruction::SetNE:
2973 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2974 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2975 else if (HiOverflow)
2976 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2977 else if (LoOverflow)
2978 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2979 else
2980 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2981 case Instruction::SetLT:
2982 if (LoOverflow)
2983 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2984 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2985 case Instruction::SetGT:
2986 if (HiOverflow)
2987 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2988 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2989 }
2990 }
2991 }
2992 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002993 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002994
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002995 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2996 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2997 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2998 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2999
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00003000 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00003001 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003002 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
3003 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00003004 case Instruction::Rem:
3005 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
3006 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
3007 BO->hasOneUse() &&
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00003008 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1) {
3009 int64_t V = cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue();
3010 if (isPowerOf2_64(V)) {
3011 unsigned L2 = Log2_64(V);
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00003012 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
3013 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
3014 UTy, "tmp"), I);
3015 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
3016 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
3017 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
3018 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
3019 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
3020 }
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00003021 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003022 break;
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00003023
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003024 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00003025 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
3026 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00003027 if (BO->hasOneUse())
3028 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
3029 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00003030 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003031 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
3032 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
3033 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003034
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003035 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
3036 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
3037 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
3038 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003039 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003040 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
3041 BO->setName("");
3042 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
3043 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
3044 }
3045 }
3046 break;
3047 case Instruction::Xor:
3048 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
3049 // the explicit xor.
3050 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
3051 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003052 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003053
3054 // FALLTHROUGH
3055 case Instruction::Sub:
3056 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
3057 if (CI->isNullValue())
3058 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
3059 BO->getOperand(1));
3060 break;
3061
3062 case Instruction::Or:
3063 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
3064 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003065 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00003066 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003067 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00003068 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003069 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003070 break;
3071
3072 case Instruction::And:
3073 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00003074 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
3075 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00003076 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
3077 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00003078 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003079
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003080 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00003081 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003082 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
3083 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
3084 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003085
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003086 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
3087 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
3088 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
3089 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
3090 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
3091 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00003092 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00003093 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003094 }
3095 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
3096 Instruction::SetGE, X,
3097 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
3098 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003099
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00003100 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00003101 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
3102 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00003103 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00003104
3105 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00003106 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
3107 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
3108 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
3109 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00003110 }
3111
3112 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00003113 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00003114 }
3115
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00003116 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00003117 default: break;
3118 }
3119 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003120 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003121 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003122 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3123 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
3124 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003125 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003126 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003127 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003128 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003129 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
3130 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
3131 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
3132 // vicinity of zero.
3133 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
3134 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003135 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003136 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003137 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
3138 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
3139 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003140 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003141 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1)));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003142 } else {
3143 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
3144 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003145 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003146 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003147 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
3148 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003149 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003150 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1)
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003151 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003152 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
3153 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00003154 }
3155 }
3156 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00003157 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003158 }
3159
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00003160 // Handle setcc with constant RHS's that can be integer, FP or pointer.
3161 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
3162 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
3163 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattnera816eee2005-05-01 04:42:15 +00003164 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3165 if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
3166 // Transform setcc GEP P, int 0, int 0, int 0, null -> setcc P, null
3167 bool isAllZeros = true;
3168 for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3169 if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
3170 !cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3171 isAllZeros = false;
3172 break;
3173 }
3174 if (isAllZeros)
3175 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
3176 Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
3177 }
3178 break;
3179
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00003180 case Instruction::PHI:
3181 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3182 return NV;
3183 break;
3184 case Instruction::Select:
3185 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
3186 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
3187 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
3188 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
3189 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
3190 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
3191 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
3192 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
3193 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
3194 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
3195 LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
3196 I.getName()), I);
3197 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
3198 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
3199 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, RHSC);
3200 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
3201 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
3202 LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
3203 I.getName()), I);
3204 }
3205 }
Jeff Cohen82639852005-04-23 21:38:35 +00003206
Chris Lattner77c32c32005-04-23 15:31:55 +00003207 if (Op1)
3208 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
3209 break;
3210 }
3211 }
3212
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00003213 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
3214 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
3215 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
3216 return NI;
3217 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
3218 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
3219 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
3220 return NI;
3221
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003222 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
3223 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003224 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3225 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
3226 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00003227 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003228 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3229 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
3230 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
3231 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003232 Op0 = CastOp0;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003233
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003234 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
3235 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003236 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
3237 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003238 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003239 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003240
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00003241 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
3242 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
3243 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
3244 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
3245 } else {
3246 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
3247 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
3248 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
3249 }
3250 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
3251 }
3252
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003253 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
3254 // This comes up when you have code like
3255 // int X = A < B;
3256 // if (X) ...
3257 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003258 // with a constant or another cast from the same type.
3259 if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
3260 if (Instruction *R = visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(I))
3261 return R;
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00003262 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003263 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003264}
3265
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003266// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast - Handle setcond (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
3267// We only handle extending casts so far.
3268//
3269Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndCast(SetCondInst &SCI) {
3270 Value *LHSCIOp = cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
3271 const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
3272 const Type *DestTy = SCI.getOperand(0)->getType();
3273 Value *RHSCIOp;
3274
3275 if (!DestTy->isIntegral() || !SrcTy->isIntegral())
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003276 return 0;
3277
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003278 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3279 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3280 if (SrcBits >= DestBits) return 0; // Only handle extending cast.
3281
3282 // Is this a sign or zero extension?
3283 bool isSignSrc = SrcTy->isSigned();
3284 bool isSignDest = DestTy->isSigned();
3285
3286 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3287 // Not an extension from the same type?
3288 RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3289 if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType()) return 0;
3290 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SCI.getOperand(1))) {
3291 // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
3292 // reextended to DestTy.
3293 Constant *Res = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
3294
3295 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(Res, DestTy) == CI) {
3296 RHSCIOp = Res;
3297 } else {
3298 // If the value cannot be represented in the shorter type, we cannot emit
3299 // a simple comparison.
3300 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3301 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::False);
3302 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3303 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantBool::True);
3304
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003305 // Evaluate the comparison for LT.
3306 Value *Result;
3307 if (DestTy->isSigned()) {
3308 // We're performing a signed comparison.
3309 if (isSignSrc) {
3310 // Signed extend and signed comparison.
3311 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0) // X < (small) --> false
3312 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3313 else
3314 Result = ConstantBool::True; // X < (large) --> true
3315 } else {
3316 // Unsigned extend and signed comparison.
3317 if (cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() < 0)
3318 Result = ConstantBool::False;
3319 else
3320 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3321 }
3322 } else {
3323 // We're performing an unsigned comparison.
3324 if (!isSignSrc) {
3325 // Unsigned extend & compare -> always true.
3326 Result = ConstantBool::True;
3327 } else {
3328 // We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
3329 // This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
3330 Constant *NegOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
3331 Result = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createSetGT(LHSCIOp,
3332 NegOne, SCI.getName()), SCI);
3333 }
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003334 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003335
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00003336 // Finally, return the value computed.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003337 if (SCI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) {
3338 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, Result);
3339 } else {
3340 assert(SCI.getOpcode()==Instruction::SetGT &&"SetCC should be folded!");
3341 if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
3342 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SCI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
3343 else
3344 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Result);
3345 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003346 }
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003347 } else {
3348 return 0;
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003349 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003350
Chris Lattner252a8452005-06-16 03:00:08 +00003351 // Okay, just insert a compare of the reduced operands now!
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003352 return BinaryOperator::create(SCI.getOpcode(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
3353}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003354
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003355Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003356 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
3357 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003358 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003359
3360 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3361 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
3362 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003363 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
3364 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003365
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003366 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
3367 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003368 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003369 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3370 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3371 }
3372 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner18aa4d82005-07-20 18:49:28 +00003373 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())// X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003374 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3375 else
3376 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3377 }
3378
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003379 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3380 if (!isLeftShift)
3381 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3382 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3383 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3384
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003385 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3386 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3387 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003388 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003389 return R;
3390
Chris Lattnerb18dbbf2005-05-08 17:34:56 +00003391 // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
3392 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned()) {
3393 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, ConstantInt::getMinValue(I.getType()))) {
3394 Value *V = InsertCastBefore(Op0, I.getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), I);
3395 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, V, Op1,
3396 I.getName()), I);
3397 return new CastInst(V, I.getType());
3398 }
3399 }
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00003400
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003401 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003402 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3403 // of a signed value.
3404 //
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003405 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003406 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3407 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3408 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3409 else {
3410 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3411 return &I;
3412 }
3413 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003414
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003415 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3416 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3417 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3418 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003419 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3420 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003421
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003422 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3423 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003424 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003425 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003426 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3427 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3428 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003429
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003430 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3431 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3432 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3433 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3434 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3435 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003436 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3437 CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003438 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3439 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3440 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3441 // left.
3442 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3443 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3444 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3445 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3446 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3447 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3448 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3449 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3450 Instruction *NC =
3451 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3452 CI->getName()+".uns");
3453 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3454 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3455 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3456 CI->setName("");
3457 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3458 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3459 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3460 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3461 }
3462 }
3463 }
3464
Chris Lattner27cb9db2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003465 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
3466 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Jeff Cohen572910c2005-10-07 05:28:29 +00003467 Value *V1, *V2;
Chris Lattner797dee72005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003468 ConstantInt *CC;
Chris Lattner27cb9db2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003469 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3470 default: break;
3471 case Instruction::Add:
3472 case Instruction::And:
3473 case Instruction::Or:
3474 case Instruction::Xor:
3475 // These operators commute.
3476 // Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner797dee72005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003477 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
3478 match(Op0BO->getOperand(1),
3479 m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == CUI) {
3480 Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
3481 Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3482 Op0BO->getName());
3483 InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
3484 Instruction *X = BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS,
3485 V1,
3486 Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
3487 InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
3488 Constant *C2 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(X->getType());
3489 C2 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C2, CUI);
3490 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, C2);
3491 }
3492
3493 // Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
3494 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
3495 match(Op0BO->getOperand(1),
3496 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
3497 m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == CUI &&
3498 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
3499 Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
3500 Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3501 Op0BO->getName());
3502 InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
3503 Instruction *XM =
3504 BinaryOperator::createAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, CUI),
3505 V1->getName()+".mask");
3506 InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
3507
3508 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
3509 }
3510
3511 // FALL THROUGH.
Chris Lattner27cb9db2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003512 case Instruction::Sub:
3513 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner797dee72005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003514 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
3515 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
3516 m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == CUI) {
3517 Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
3518 Op0BO->getOperand(1), CUI,
3519 Op0BO->getName());
3520 InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
3521 Instruction *X = BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS,
3522 V1,
3523 Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
3524 InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
3525 Constant *C2 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(X->getType());
3526 C2 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C2, CUI);
3527 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, C2);
3528 }
3529
3530 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
3531 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
3532 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
3533 m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == CUI &&
3534 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
3535 Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
3536 Op0BO->getOperand(1), CUI,
3537 Op0BO->getName());
3538 InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
3539 Instruction *XM =
3540 BinaryOperator::createAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, CUI),
3541 V1->getName()+".mask");
3542 InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
3543
3544 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
3545 }
3546
Chris Lattner27cb9db2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003547 break;
3548 }
3549
3550
3551 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3552 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003553 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3554 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3555 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3556
3557 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3558 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003559 case Instruction::Add:
3560 isValid = isLeftShift;
3561 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003562 case Instruction::Or:
3563 case Instruction::Xor:
3564 highBitSet = false;
3565 break;
3566 case Instruction::And:
3567 highBitSet = true;
3568 break;
3569 }
3570
3571 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3572 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3573 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3574 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3575 // operation.
3576 //
3577 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3578 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3579 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3580 }
3581
3582 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003583 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003584
3585 Instruction *NewShift =
3586 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3587 Op0BO->getName());
3588 Op0BO->setName("");
3589 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3590
3591 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3592 NewRHS);
3593 }
3594 }
Chris Lattner27cb9db2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003595 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003596 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003597
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003598 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003599 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003600 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3601 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003602 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3603 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003604
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003605 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3606 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3607 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003608 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() < Amt)
3609 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003610 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3611 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3612 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003613
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003614 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3615 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3616 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003617 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003618 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3619 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003620 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003621 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003622 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003623 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003624
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003625 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003626 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3627 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003628 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003629
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003630 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3631 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3632 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3633 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3634 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3635 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3636 } else {
3637 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3638 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3639 }
Chris Lattner0b3557f2005-09-24 23:43:33 +00003640 } else {
3641 // We can handle signed (X << C1) >> C2 if it's a sign extend. In
3642 // this case, C1 == C2 and C1 is 8, 16, or 32.
3643 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
3644 const Type *SExtType = 0;
3645 switch (ShiftAmt1) {
3646 case 8 : SExtType = Type::SByteTy; break;
3647 case 16: SExtType = Type::ShortTy; break;
3648 case 32: SExtType = Type::IntTy; break;
3649 }
3650
3651 if (SExtType) {
3652 Instruction *NewTrunc = new CastInst(Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3653 SExtType, "sext");
3654 InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
3655 return new CastInst(NewTrunc, I.getType());
3656 }
3657 }
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003658 }
3659 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003660 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003661
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003662 return 0;
3663}
3664
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003665enum CastType {
3666 Noop = 0,
3667 Truncate = 1,
3668 Signext = 2,
3669 Zeroext = 3
3670};
3671
3672/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3673/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3674static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3675 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3676 "Only works on integral types!");
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003677 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3678 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003679
3680 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3681 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3682 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3683 return Zeroext;
3684}
3685
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003686
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003687// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3688// instruction.
3689//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003690static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003691 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003692
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003693 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003694 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003695 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003696 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003697 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003698
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003699 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3700 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3701 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3702 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3703 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003704
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003705 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3706 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003707 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003708 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3709 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003710
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003711 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3712 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3713 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3714 // First cast is noop
3715 0, 1, 2, 3,
3716 // First cast is a truncate
3717 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3718 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003719 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003720 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003721 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003722 };
3723
3724 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3725 switch (Result) {
3726 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3727 case 0:
3728 case 1:
3729 case 2:
3730 case 3:
3731 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3732 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3733 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3734 case 4:
3735 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3736 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003737 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3738 // is a truncate or noop.
3739 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3740 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3741 return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003742 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003743 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3744 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003745 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003746 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003747 return false;
3748}
3749
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003750static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003751 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3752 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003753 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3754 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003755 return false;
3756 return true;
3757}
3758
3759/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3760/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3761/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3762///
3763Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3764 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3765 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3766 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3767 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3768
3769 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3770 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3771 return CI;
3772}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003773
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003774/// PromoteCastOfAllocation - If we find a cast of an allocation instruction,
3775/// try to eliminate the cast by moving the type information into the alloc.
3776Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(CastInst &CI,
3777 AllocationInst &AI) {
3778 const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType());
3779 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !PTy) return 0;
3780
Chris Lattnerac87beb2005-10-24 06:22:12 +00003781 // Remove any uses of AI that are dead.
3782 assert(!CI.use_empty() && "Dead instructions should be removed earlier!");
3783 std::vector<Instruction*> DeadUsers;
3784 for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI.use_begin(), E = AI.use_end(); UI != E; ) {
3785 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++);
3786 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(User)) {
3787 while (UI != E && *UI == User)
3788 ++UI; // If this instruction uses AI more than once, don't break UI.
3789
3790 // Add operands to the worklist.
3791 AddUsesToWorkList(*User);
3792 ++NumDeadInst;
3793 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *User);
3794
3795 User->eraseFromParent();
3796 removeFromWorkList(User);
3797 }
3798 }
3799
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003800 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to.
3801 const Type *AllocElTy = AI.getAllocatedType();
3802 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
3803 if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return 0;
Chris Lattner355ecc02005-10-24 06:26:18 +00003804
3805 unsigned AllocElTyAlign = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3806 unsigned CastElTyAlign = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
3807 if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
3808
Chris Lattner46705b22005-10-24 06:35:18 +00003809 // If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we are strictly
3810 // increasing the alignment of the resultant allocation. If we keep it the
3811 // same, we open the door to infinite loops of various kinds.
3812 if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
3813
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003814 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3815 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner355ecc02005-10-24 06:26:18 +00003816
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003817 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3818 if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize % CastElTySize != 0)
3819 return 0;
3820 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
3821 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
3822 std::string Name = AI.getName(); AI.setName("");
3823 AllocationInst *New;
3824 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3825 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3826 else
3827 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3828 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Chris Lattner46705b22005-10-24 06:35:18 +00003829
3830 // If the allocation has multiple uses, insert a cast and change all things
3831 // that used it to use the new cast. This will also hack on CI, but it will
3832 // die soon.
3833 if (!AI.hasOneUse()) {
3834 AddUsesToWorkList(AI);
3835 CastInst *NewCast = new CastInst(New, AI.getType(), "tmpcast");
3836 InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, AI);
3837 AI.replaceAllUsesWith(NewCast);
3838 }
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003839 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3840}
3841
3842
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003843// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003844//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003845Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003846 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3847
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003848 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3849 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003850 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3851 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003852
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003853 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3854 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3855
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003856 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3857 // one!
3858 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003859 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3860 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3861 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3862 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003863 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3864 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003865 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3866 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003867 }
3868
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003869 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3870 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3871 //
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003872 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003873 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003874 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003875 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
3876 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()&&
3877 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
3878 CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003879 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3880 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner2f1457f2005-04-24 17:46:05 +00003881 uint64_t AndValue = ~0ULL>>(64-CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003882 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3883 AndValue);
3884 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3885 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3886 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3887 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3888 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3889 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3890 }
3891 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003892 }
3893 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003894
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003895 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3896 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003897 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003898 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3899
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003900 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3901 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3902 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003903 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003904 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3905 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3906 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3907 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3908 AllZeroOperands = false;
3909 break;
3910 }
3911 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3912 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3913 return &CI;
3914 }
3915 }
3916
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003917 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3918 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3919 //
3920 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattner216be912005-10-24 06:03:58 +00003921 if (Instruction *V = PromoteCastOfAllocation(CI, *AI))
3922 return V;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003923
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003924 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3925 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3926 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003927 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3928 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3929 return NV;
3930
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003931 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3932 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3933 // for now.
3934 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003935 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003936 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3937 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00003938 unsigned SrcBitSize = Src->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3939 unsigned DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003940
3941 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3942 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3943
3944 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3945 case Instruction::Add:
3946 case Instruction::Mul:
3947 case Instruction::And:
3948 case Instruction::Or:
3949 case Instruction::Xor:
3950 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3951 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3952 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3953 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3954 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003955 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3956 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003957 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3958 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3959 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3960 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3961 }
3962 }
Chris Lattner72086162005-05-06 02:07:39 +00003963
3964 // cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
3965 if (SrcBitSize == 1 && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
3966 Op1 == ConstantBool::True &&
3967 (!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<SetCondInst>(Op0))) {
3968 Value *New = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, &CI);
3969 return BinaryOperator::createXor(New,
3970 ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
3971 }
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003972 break;
3973 case Instruction::Shl:
3974 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3975 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3976 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3977 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3978 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3979 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3980 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3981 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3982 }
3983 break;
Chris Lattner87380412005-05-06 04:18:52 +00003984 case Instruction::Shr:
3985 // If this is a signed shr, and if all bits shifted in are about to be
3986 // truncated off, turn it into an unsigned shr to allow greater
3987 // simplifications.
3988 if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && Src->getType()->isSigned() &&
3989 isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
3990 unsigned ShiftAmt = cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)->getValue();
3991 if (SrcBitSize > ShiftAmt && SrcBitSize-ShiftAmt >= DestBitSize) {
3992 // Convert to unsigned.
3993 Value *N1 = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0,
3994 Op0->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), &CI);
3995 // Insert the new shift, which is now unsigned.
3996 N1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, N1,
3997 Op1, Src->getName()), CI);
3998 return new CastInst(N1, CI.getType());
3999 }
4000 }
4001 break;
4002
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004003 case Instruction::SetNE:
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004004 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004005 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 0) {
4006 // If the input only has the low bit set, simplify directly.
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00004007 Constant *Not1 =
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004008 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004009 // cast (X != 0) to int --> X if X&~1 == 0
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004010 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
4011 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
4012 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
4013 else
4014 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
4015 }
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004016
4017 // If the input is an and with a single bit, shift then simplify.
4018 ConstantInt *AndRHS;
4019 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(AndRHS))))
4020 if (AndRHS->getRawValue() &&
4021 (AndRHS->getRawValue() & (AndRHS->getRawValue()-1)) == 0) {
Chris Lattner22d00a82005-08-02 19:16:58 +00004022 unsigned ShiftAmt = Log2_64(AndRHS->getRawValue());
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004023 // Perform an unsigned shr by shiftamt. Convert input to
4024 // unsigned if it is signed.
4025 Value *In = Op0;
4026 if (In->getType()->isSigned())
4027 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(In,
4028 In->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(), In->getName()),CI);
4029 // Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
4030 In = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, In,
4031 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt),
4032 In->getName()+".lobit"), CI);
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004033 if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
4034 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
4035 else
4036 return new CastInst(In, CI.getType());
4037 }
4038 }
4039 }
4040 break;
4041 case Instruction::SetEQ:
4042 // We if we are just checking for a seteq of a single bit and casting it
4043 // to an integer. If so, shift the bit to the appropriate place then
4044 // cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
4045 if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
4046 // Is Op1C a power of two or zero?
4047 if ((Op1C->getRawValue() & Op1C->getRawValue()-1) == 0) {
4048 // cast (X == 1) to int -> X iff X has only the low bit set.
4049 if (Op1C->getRawValue() == 1) {
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00004050 Constant *Not1 =
Chris Lattner4c2d3782005-05-06 01:53:19 +00004051 ConstantExpr::getNot(ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), 1));
4052 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, cast<ConstantIntegral>(Not1))) {
4053 if (CI.getType() == Op0->getType())
4054 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op0);
4055 else
4056 return new CastInst(Op0, CI.getType());
4057 }
4058 }
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00004059 }
4060 }
4061 break;
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00004062 }
4063 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004064 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004065}
4066
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004067/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
4068/// %C = or %A, %B
4069/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
4070/// into:
4071/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
4072/// %D = or %A, %C
4073///
4074/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
4075/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
4076/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
4077///
4078static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
4079 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4080 case Instruction::Add:
4081 case Instruction::Mul:
4082 case Instruction::And:
4083 case Instruction::Or:
4084 case Instruction::Xor:
4085 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
4086 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
4087 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
4088 case Instruction::Shr:
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004089 return 1;
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004090 default:
4091 return 0; // Cannot fold
4092 }
4093}
4094
4095/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
4096/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
4097static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
4098 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4099 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
4100 case Instruction::Add:
4101 case Instruction::Sub:
4102 case Instruction::Or:
4103 case Instruction::Xor:
4104 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
4105 case Instruction::Shl:
4106 case Instruction::Shr:
4107 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
4108 case Instruction::And:
4109 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
4110 case Instruction::Mul:
4111 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
4112 }
4113}
4114
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00004115/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
4116/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
4117Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
4118 Instruction *FI) {
4119 if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
4120 // If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
4121 // merge.
4122 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4123 if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
4124 return 0;
4125 } else {
4126 return 0; // unknown unary op.
4127 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004128
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00004129 // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
4130 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
4131 FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
4132 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
4133 return new CastInst(NewSI, TI->getType());
4134 }
4135
4136 // Only handle binary operators here.
4137 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
4138 return 0;
4139
4140 // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
4141 Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
4142 bool MatchIsOpZero;
4143 if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
4144 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
4145 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
4146 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
4147 MatchIsOpZero = true;
4148 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
4149 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
4150 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
4151 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
4152 MatchIsOpZero = false;
4153 } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
4154 return 0;
4155 } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
4156 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
4157 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
4158 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
4159 MatchIsOpZero = true;
4160 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
4161 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
4162 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
4163 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
4164 MatchIsOpZero = true;
4165 } else {
4166 return 0;
4167 }
4168
4169 // If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
4170 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
4171 OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
4172 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
4173
4174 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
4175 if (MatchIsOpZero)
4176 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
4177 else
4178 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
4179 } else {
4180 if (MatchIsOpZero)
4181 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
4182 else
4183 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
4184 }
4185}
4186
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004187Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00004188 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
4189 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
4190 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
4191
4192 // select true, X, Y -> X
4193 // select false, X, Y -> Y
4194 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004195 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00004196 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004197 else {
4198 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00004199 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004200 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00004201
4202 // select C, X, X -> X
4203 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
4204 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
4205
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004206 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
4207 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
4208 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
4209 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
4210 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
4211 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
4212 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
4213 else
4214 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
4215 }
4216
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004217 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
4218 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
4219 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
4220 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004221 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004222 } else {
4223 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
4224 Value *NotCond =
4225 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
4226 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004227 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004228 }
4229 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
4230 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
4231 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004232 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004233 } else {
4234 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
4235 Value *NotCond =
4236 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
4237 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004238 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004239 }
4240 }
4241
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00004242 // Selecting between two integer constants?
4243 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
4244 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
4245 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
4246 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
4247 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
4248 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
4249 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
4250 Value *NotCond =
4251 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00004252 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00004253 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00004254 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00004255
4256 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
4257 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
4258 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
4259 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
4260 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
4261 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
4262 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
4263 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
4264 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
4265 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
4266 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
4267 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004268 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
4269 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
4270 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00004271 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
4272 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
4273 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
4274 // false val is the zero.
4275 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
4276 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
4277 Value *V = ICA;
4278 if (ShouldNotVal)
4279 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
4280 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
4281 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
4282 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00004283 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00004284
4285 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
4286 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
4287 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
4288 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
4289 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
4290 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
4291 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
4292 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
4293 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
4294 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
4295
4296 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
4297 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
4298 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00004299 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00004300 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
4301 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00004302 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00004303 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
4304 }
4305 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004306
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00004307 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
4308 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
4309 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
4310 bool isInverse = false;
4311 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
4312
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00004313 // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
4314 if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
4315 if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
4316 return IV;
4317
4318 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
4319 // even legal for FP.
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00004320 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
4321 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
4322 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
4323 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
4324 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
4325 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
4326 }
4327
4328 if (AddOp) {
4329 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
4330 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
4331 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
4332 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
4333 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
4334 }
4335
4336 if (OtherAddOp) {
4337 // So at this point we know we have:
4338 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
4339 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
4340 // a constant.
4341 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
4342 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
4343 Value *NegVal;
4344 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
4345 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
4346 } else {
4347 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
4348 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
4349 }
4350
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00004351 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00004352 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
4353 if (AddOp != TI)
4354 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
4355 Instruction *NewSel =
4356 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004357
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00004358 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00004359 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00004360 }
4361 }
4362 }
4363 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004364
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004365 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
4366 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
4367 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
4368 // transformation we are doing here.
4369 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
4370 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4371 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
4372 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
4373 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
4374 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
4375 OpToFold = 1;
4376 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
4377 OpToFold = 2;
4378 }
4379
4380 if (OpToFold) {
4381 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
4382 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
4383 Instruction *NewSel =
4384 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
4385 Name);
4386 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
4387 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
4388 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
4389 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
4390 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
4391 else {
4392 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
4393 }
4394 }
4395 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00004396
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00004397 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
4398 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4399 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
4400 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
4401 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
4402 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
4403 OpToFold = 1;
4404 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
4405 OpToFold = 2;
4406 }
4407
4408 if (OpToFold) {
4409 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
4410 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
4411 Instruction *NewSel =
4412 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
4413 Name);
4414 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
4415 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
4416 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4417 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
4418 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
4419 else {
4420 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
4421 }
4422 }
4423 }
4424 }
Chris Lattnerd6f636a2005-04-24 07:30:14 +00004425
4426 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
4427 SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
4428 SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
4429 SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
4430 return &SI;
4431 }
4432
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00004433 return 0;
4434}
4435
4436
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004437// CallInst simplification
4438//
4439Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004440 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
4441 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004442 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
4443 bool Changed = false;
4444
4445 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
4446 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
4447 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4448
4449 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004450
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004451 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
4452 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
4453 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
4454 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
4455 // alignment is sufficient.
4456 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004457 }
4458
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004459 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
4460 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
4461 // into a call to memcpy.
4462 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
4463 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
4464 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
4465 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
4466 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
4467 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
4468 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
4469 Changed = true;
4470 }
4471
4472 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00004473 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
4474 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
4475 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
4476 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
4477 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
4478 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
4479 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
4480 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
4481 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4482 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004483 }
4484
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004485 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004486}
4487
4488// InvokeInst simplification
4489//
4490Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004491 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004492}
4493
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004494// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
4495//
4496Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004497 bool Changed = false;
4498
4499 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
4500 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004501 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
4502
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004503 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004504
Chris Lattner61d9d812005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004505 if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
4506 if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
4507 Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
4508 // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
4509 // be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
4510 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4511 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), OldCall);
4512 if (!OldCall->use_empty())
4513 OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
4514 if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
4515 return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
4516 return 0;
4517 }
4518
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004519 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
4520 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
4521 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
4522 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
4523 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4524 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
4525 CS.getInstruction());
4526
4527 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
4528 CS.getInstruction()->
4529 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
4530
4531 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
4532 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
4533 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
4534 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004535 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004536 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
4537 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004538
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004539 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4540 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
4541 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
4542 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
4543 // the call.
4544 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
4545 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
4546 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
4547 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
4548 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
4549 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
4550 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
4551 *I = Op;
4552 Changed = true;
4553 }
4554 }
4555 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004556
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004557 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004558}
4559
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004560// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4561// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4562//
4563bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4564 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4565 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004566 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004567 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004568 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004569 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4570
4571 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4572 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4573 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4574 //
4575 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4576 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
4577
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004578 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
4579 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
4580 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
4581 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
4582 !Caller->use_empty())
4583 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
4584
4585 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4586 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4587 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4588 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4589 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4590 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4591 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4592 UI != E; ++UI)
4593 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4594 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004595 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004596 return false;
4597 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004598
4599 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4600 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004601
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004602 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4603 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4604 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4605 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004606 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004607 }
4608
4609 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
4610 Callee->isExternal())
4611 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
4612
4613 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4614 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4615 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4616 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
4617
4618 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4619 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4620 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4621 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4622 Args.push_back(*AI);
4623 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004624 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
4625 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004626 }
4627 }
4628
4629 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
4630 // now...
4631 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
4632 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
4633
4634 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
4635 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
4636 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
4637 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4638 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
4639 } else {
4640 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
4641 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4642 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4643 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4644 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
4645 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
4646 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
4647 Args.push_back(Cast);
4648 } else {
4649 Args.push_back(*AI);
4650 }
4651 }
4652 }
4653
4654 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
4655 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
4656
4657 Instruction *NC;
4658 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004659 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004660 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattner05c703e2005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004661 cast<InvokeInst>(II)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004662 } else {
4663 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
Chris Lattner6aacb0f2005-05-06 06:48:21 +00004664 if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
4665 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
Chris Lattner05c703e2005-05-14 12:25:32 +00004666 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004667 }
4668
4669 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
4670 Value *NV = NC;
4671 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
4672 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
4673 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004674
4675 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4676 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4677 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
4678 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
4679 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
4680 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4681 } else {
4682 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4683 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4684 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004685 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004686 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004687 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004688 }
4689 }
4690
4691 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
4692 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
4693 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
4694 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
4695 return true;
4696}
4697
4698
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004699// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
4700// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
4701// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
4702Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
4703 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
4704
4705 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
4706 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
4707 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
4708 // code size and simplifying code.
4709 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
4710 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
4711 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
4712 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
4713 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
4714 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
4715 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
4716 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
4717 } else {
4718 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4719 }
4720
4721 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4722 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4723 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4724 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4725 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4726 return 0;
4727 if (CastSrcTy) {
4728 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4729 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4730 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4731 return 0;
4732 }
4733 }
4734
4735 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4736 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4737 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4738 PN.getName()+".in");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +00004739 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004740
4741 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4742 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004743
4744 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004745 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4746 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4747 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4748 InVal = 0;
4749 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4750 }
4751
4752 Value *PhiVal;
4753 if (InVal) {
4754 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4755 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4756 PhiVal = InVal;
4757 delete NewPN;
4758 } else {
4759 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4760 PhiVal = NewPN;
4761 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004762
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004763 // Insert and return the new operation.
4764 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004765 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004766 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004767 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004768 else
4769 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004770 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004771}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004772
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004773/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4774/// that is dead.
4775static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4776 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4777 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4778
4779 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4780 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4781 return true;
4782
4783 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4784 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004785
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004786 return false;
4787}
4788
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004789// PHINode simplification
4790//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004791Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattner9f9c2602005-08-05 01:04:30 +00004792 if (Value *V = PN.hasConstantValue())
4793 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004794
4795 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4796 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4797 // constants.
4798 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4799 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4800 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4801 bool AllConstant = true;
4802 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4803 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4804 AllConstant = false;
4805 break;
4806 }
4807 if (AllConstant) {
4808 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4809 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4810 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4811 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4812 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4813 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4814 }
4815
4816 // Update the cast instruction.
4817 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4818 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4819 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4820 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4821 }
4822 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004823
4824 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4825 // reducing code size.
4826 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4827 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4828 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4829 return Result;
4830
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004831 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4832 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4833 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4834 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4835 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4836 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4837 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4838 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4839 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4840 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004841
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004842 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004843}
4844
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004845static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4846 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4847 InstCombiner *IC) {
4848 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4849 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004850 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4851 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4852 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4853 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4854 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4855 *InsertPoint);
4856}
4857
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004858
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004859Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004860 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004861 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004862 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004863 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004864 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004865
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004866 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4867 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4868
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004869 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4870 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4871 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4872
4873 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004874 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004875
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004876 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4877 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004878 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4879 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4880 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4881 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4882 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4883 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4884 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4885 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004886 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
4887 DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004888 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4889 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4890 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004891 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()){
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004892 MadeChange = true;
4893 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4894 }
4895 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4896 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4897 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4898 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4899 // pointer target.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004900 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
Chris Lattnerd1f46d32005-04-24 06:59:08 +00004901 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004902 MadeChange = true;
4903 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4904 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004905 }
4906 }
4907 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004908 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4909 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4910 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4911 // obvious.
4912 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4913 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004914 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004915 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4916 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004917 MadeChange = true;
4918 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004919 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4920 Op->getName()), GEP);
4921 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4922 MadeChange = true;
4923 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004924
4925 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4926 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4927 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4928 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4929 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4930 MadeChange = true;
4931 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004932 }
4933 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4934
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004935 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4936 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4937 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4938 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004939 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004940 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004941 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004942
4943 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004944 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4945 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4946 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4947 //
4948 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4949 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4950 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4951
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004952 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004953
4954 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4955 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4956 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4957 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004958 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004959
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004960 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004961 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004962 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4963 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4964 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004965 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004966 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4967 Sum = GO1;
4968 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4969 Sum = SO1;
4970 } else {
4971 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4972 // target's pointer size.
4973 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4974 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4975 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4976 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4977 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4978 } else {
4979 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004980 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4981 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4982 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4983
4984 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4985 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4986 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4987 } else {
4988 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4989 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4990 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4991 }
4992 }
4993 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004994 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4995 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4996 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004997 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4998 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004999 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00005000 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00005001
5002 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
5003 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
5004 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
5005 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
5006 return &GEP;
5007 } else {
5008 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
5009 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
5010 Indices.push_back(Sum);
5011 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
5012 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005013 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00005014 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005015 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005016 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00005017 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
5018 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005019 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
5020 }
5021
5022 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00005023 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00005024
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00005025 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00005026 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
5027 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
5028
5029 // Scan for nonconstants...
5030 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
5031 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
5032 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
5033 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
5034
5035 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00005036 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00005037
5038 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
5039 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
5040 }
Chris Lattner567b81f2005-09-13 00:40:14 +00005041 } else if (Value *X = isCast(PtrOp)) { // Is the operand a cast?
5042 if (!isa<PointerType>(X->getType())) {
5043 // Not interesting. Source pointer must be a cast from pointer.
5044 } else if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
5045 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
5046 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
5047 //
5048 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
5049 //
5050 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
5051 const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
5052 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
5053 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
5054 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
5055 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
5056 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
5057 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
5058 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
5059 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
5060 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
5061 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
5062 return &GEP;
5063 }
5064 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
5065 // Transform things like:
Chris Lattner2a893292005-09-13 18:36:04 +00005066 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x int]* %str to uint*), uint %V
5067 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x int*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
Chris Lattner567b81f2005-09-13 00:40:14 +00005068 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
5069 const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
5070 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
5071 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
5072 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
5073 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
5074 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
5075 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
5076 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00005077 }
Chris Lattner2a893292005-09-13 18:36:04 +00005078
5079 // Transform things like:
5080 // getelementptr sbyte* cast ([100 x double]* X to sbyte*), int %tmp
5081 // (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
5082 // getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, int 0, int %tmp.2
5083
5084 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
5085 (ResElTy == Type::SByteTy || ResElTy == Type::UByteTy)) {
5086 uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
5087 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
5088
5089 // Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
5090 // allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
5091 Value *NewIdx = 0;
5092 ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
5093 if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
5094 NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
5095 Scale = ConstantInt::get(NewIdx->getType(), 1);
5096 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnera393e4d2005-09-14 17:32:56 +00005097 NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
Chris Lattner2a893292005-09-13 18:36:04 +00005098 Scale = CI;
5099 } else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
5100 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
5101 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
5102 unsigned ShAmt =cast<ConstantUInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))->getValue();
5103 if (Inst->getType()->isSigned())
5104 Scale = ConstantSInt::get(Inst->getType(), 1ULL << ShAmt);
5105 else
5106 Scale = ConstantUInt::get(Inst->getType(), 1ULL << ShAmt);
5107 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
5108 } else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
5109 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
5110 Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
5111 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
5112 }
5113 }
5114
5115 // If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
5116 // out, perform the transformation.
5117 if (Scale && Scale->getRawValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
5118 if (ConstantSInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Scale))
5119 Scale = ConstantSInt::get(C->getType(),
Chris Lattnera393e4d2005-09-14 17:32:56 +00005120 (int64_t)C->getRawValue() /
5121 (int64_t)ArrayEltSize);
Chris Lattner2a893292005-09-13 18:36:04 +00005122 else
5123 Scale = ConstantUInt::get(Scale->getType(),
5124 Scale->getRawValue() / ArrayEltSize);
5125 if (Scale->getRawValue() != 1) {
5126 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType());
5127 Instruction *Sc = BinaryOperator::createMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
5128 NewIdx = InsertNewInstBefore(Sc, GEP);
5129 }
5130
5131 // Insert the new GEP instruction.
5132 Instruction *Idx =
5133 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
5134 NewIdx, GEP.getName());
5135 Idx = InsertNewInstBefore(Idx, GEP);
5136 return new CastInst(Idx, GEP.getType());
5137 }
5138 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00005139 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005140 }
5141
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005142 return 0;
5143}
5144
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005145Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
5146 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
5147 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
5148 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
5149 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00005150 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005151
5152 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
5153 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005154 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00005155 else {
5156 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005157 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00005158 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005159
5160 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005161
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005162 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
5163 // allocas if possible...
5164 //
5165 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
5166 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
5167
5168 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
5169 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
5170 //
Chris Lattner809dfac2005-05-04 19:10:26 +00005171 Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy);
5172 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, NullIdx, NullIdx,
5173 New->getName()+".sub", It);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005174
5175 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
5176 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005177 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005178 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
5179 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005180 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005181
5182 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
5183 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
5184 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005185 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00005186 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00005187 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
5188
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005189 return 0;
5190}
5191
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00005192Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
5193 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
5194
5195 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
5196 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
5197 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
5198 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
5199 return &FI;
5200 }
5201
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00005202 // free undef -> unreachable.
5203 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
5204 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
5205 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
5206 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
5207 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
5208 }
5209
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00005210 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
5211 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00005212 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005213 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00005214
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00005215 return 0;
5216}
5217
5218
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005219/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00005220static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
5221 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00005222 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00005223
5224 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00005225 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00005226 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00005227
5228 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
5229 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
5230 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
5231 // constants.
5232 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
5233 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
5234 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
5235 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
5236 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
5237 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
5238 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5239 }
5240
5241 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Chris Lattnerecfa9b52005-03-29 06:37:47 +00005242 // Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
5243 // casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
5244 (isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005245 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00005246 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005247
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00005248 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
5249 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
5250 // the result of the loaded value.
5251 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
5252 CI->getName(),
5253 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
5254 // Now cast the result of the load.
5255 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
5256 }
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00005257 }
5258 }
5259 return 0;
5260}
5261
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005262/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005263/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
5264/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
5265/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
5266static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
5267 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
5268 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
5269
5270 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
5271 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00005272 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
5273 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
5274 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005275 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
5276
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00005277 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005278 --BBI;
5279
5280 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
5281 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
5282 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
5283 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005284
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00005285 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005286 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005287}
5288
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00005289Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
5290 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00005291
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005292 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
5293 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
5294 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
5295 return Res;
5296
5297 // None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
5298 if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
Chris Lattnerb990f7d2005-09-12 22:00:15 +00005299
Chris Lattnerb990f7d2005-09-12 22:00:15 +00005300 if (&LI.getParent()->front() != &LI) {
5301 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &LI; --BBI;
Chris Lattnere0bfdf12005-09-12 22:21:03 +00005302 // If the instruction immediately before this is a store to the same
5303 // address, do a simple form of store->load forwarding.
Chris Lattnerb990f7d2005-09-12 22:00:15 +00005304 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
5305 if (SI->getOperand(1) == LI.getOperand(0))
5306 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, SI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnere0bfdf12005-09-12 22:21:03 +00005307 if (LoadInst *LIB = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI))
5308 if (LIB->getOperand(0) == LI.getOperand(0))
5309 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, LIB);
Chris Lattnerb990f7d2005-09-12 22:00:15 +00005310 }
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005311
5312 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op))
5313 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI->getOperand(0)) ||
5314 isa<UndefValue>(GEPI->getOperand(0))) {
5315 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
5316 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
5317 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
5318 // CFG.
5319 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
5320 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
5321 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
5322 }
5323
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005324 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005325 // load null/undef -> undef
5326 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C))) {
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00005327 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
5328 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
5329 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005330 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
5331 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005332 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00005333 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00005334
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005335 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
5336 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
5337 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
5338 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005339
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005340 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
5341 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
5342 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
5343 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
5344 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
Chris Lattner0b011ec2005-09-26 05:28:06 +00005345 if (Constant *V =
5346 ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005347 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005348 if (CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
5349 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
5350 // that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
5351 // an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
5352 // CFG.
5353 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
5354 Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
5355 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
5356 }
5357
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005358 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
5359 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
5360 return Res;
5361 }
5362 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00005363
Chris Lattnera9d84e32005-05-01 04:24:53 +00005364 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005365 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
5366 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
5367 // exposes redundancy in the code.
5368 //
5369 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
5370 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
5371 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
5372 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
5373 // unconditionally.
5374 //
5375 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
5376 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005377 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
5378 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005379 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005380 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005381 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005382 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005383 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
5384 }
5385
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00005386 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
5387 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
5388 if (C->isNullValue()) {
5389 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
5390 return &LI;
5391 }
5392
5393 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
5394 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
5395 if (C->isNullValue()) {
5396 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
5397 return &LI;
5398 }
5399
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005400 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
5401 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005402 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
5403
5404 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
5405 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
5406 // loaded from the PHI.
5407 if (Safe) {
5408 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
5409 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
5410 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
5411 Safe = false;
5412 break;
5413 }
5414 }
5415
5416 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00005417 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005418 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005419 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00005420
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00005421 if (Safe) {
5422 // Create the PHI.
5423 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
5424 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
5425 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
5426
5427 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5428 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
5429 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
5430 if (TheLoad == 0) {
5431 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5432 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
5433 InVal->getName()+".val"),
5434 *BB->getTerminator());
5435 }
5436 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
5437 }
5438 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
5439 }
5440 }
5441 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00005442 return 0;
5443}
5444
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005445/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold 'store V, (cast P)' -> store (cast V), P'
5446/// when possible.
5447static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
5448 User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
5449 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
5450
5451 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
5452 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
5453 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5454
5455 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
5456 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
5457 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
5458 // constants.
5459 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
5460 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
5461 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
5462 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
5463 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
5464 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
5465 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
5466 }
5467
5468 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005469 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005470 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
5471
5472 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
5473 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the store, cast
5474 // the value to be stored.
5475 Value *NewCast;
5476 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(0)))
5477 NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, SrcPTy);
5478 else
5479 NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SI.getOperand(0),
5480 SrcPTy,
5481 SI.getOperand(0)->getName()+".c"), SI);
5482
5483 return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
5484 }
5485 }
5486 }
5487 return 0;
5488}
5489
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005490Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
5491 Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
5492 Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
5493
5494 if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
5495 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5496 SI.eraseFromParent();
5497 ++NumCombined;
5498 return 0;
5499 }
5500
5501 if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile loads.
5502
5503 // store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
5504 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
5505 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5506 SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
5507 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
5508 WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
5509 ++NumCombined;
5510 }
5511 return 0; // Do not modify these!
5512 }
5513
5514 // store undef, Ptr -> noop
5515 if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
5516 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5517 SI.eraseFromParent();
5518 ++NumCombined;
5519 return 0;
5520 }
5521
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00005522 // If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
5523 // source instead.
5524 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Ptr))
5525 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5526 return Res;
5527 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
5528 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
5529 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
5530 return Res;
5531
Chris Lattner219175c2005-09-12 23:23:25 +00005532
5533 // If this store is the last instruction in the basic block, and if the block
5534 // ends with an unconditional branch, try to move it to the successor block.
5535 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &SI; ++BBI;
5536 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI))
5537 if (BI->isUnconditional()) {
5538 // Check to see if the successor block has exactly two incoming edges. If
5539 // so, see if the other predecessor contains a store to the same location.
5540 // if so, insert a PHI node (if needed) and move the stores down.
5541 BasicBlock *Dest = BI->getSuccessor(0);
5542
5543 pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(Dest);
5544 BasicBlock *Other = 0;
5545 if (*PI != BI->getParent())
5546 Other = *PI;
5547 ++PI;
5548 if (PI != pred_end(Dest)) {
5549 if (*PI != BI->getParent())
5550 if (Other)
5551 Other = 0;
5552 else
5553 Other = *PI;
5554 if (++PI != pred_end(Dest))
5555 Other = 0;
5556 }
5557 if (Other) { // If only one other pred...
5558 BBI = Other->getTerminator();
5559 // Make sure this other block ends in an unconditional branch and that
5560 // there is an instruction before the branch.
5561 if (isa<BranchInst>(BBI) && cast<BranchInst>(BBI)->isUnconditional() &&
5562 BBI != Other->begin()) {
5563 --BBI;
5564 StoreInst *OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
5565
5566 // If this instruction is a store to the same location.
5567 if (OtherStore && OtherStore->getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(1)) {
5568 // Okay, we know we can perform this transformation. Insert a PHI
5569 // node now if we need it.
5570 Value *MergedVal = OtherStore->getOperand(0);
5571 if (MergedVal != SI.getOperand(0)) {
5572 PHINode *PN = new PHINode(MergedVal->getType(), "storemerge");
5573 PN->reserveOperandSpace(2);
5574 PN->addIncoming(SI.getOperand(0), SI.getParent());
5575 PN->addIncoming(OtherStore->getOperand(0), Other);
5576 MergedVal = InsertNewInstBefore(PN, Dest->front());
5577 }
5578
5579 // Advance to a place where it is safe to insert the new store and
5580 // insert it.
5581 BBI = Dest->begin();
5582 while (isa<PHINode>(BBI)) ++BBI;
5583 InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(MergedVal, SI.getOperand(1),
5584 OtherStore->isVolatile()), *BBI);
5585
5586 // Nuke the old stores.
5587 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
5588 removeFromWorkList(OtherStore);
5589 SI.eraseFromParent();
5590 OtherStore->eraseFromParent();
5591 ++NumCombined;
5592 return 0;
5593 }
5594 }
5595 }
5596 }
5597
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005598 return 0;
5599}
5600
5601
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005602Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
5603 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Reid Spencer4fdd96c2005-06-18 17:37:34 +00005604 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005605 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
5606 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
5607 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5608 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
5609 // Swap Destinations and condition...
5610 BI.setCondition(X);
5611 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5612 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
5613 return &BI;
5614 }
5615
5616 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
5617 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
5618 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
5619 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
5620 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
5621 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
5622 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
5623 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
5624 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
5625 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005626 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005627 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005628 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5629 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005630 removeFromWorkList(I);
5631 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
5632 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005633 return &BI;
5634 }
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005635
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005636 return 0;
5637}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005638
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005639Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
5640 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
5641 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
5642 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
5643 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
5644 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
5645 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00005646 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005647 AddRHS));
5648 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
5649 WorkList.push_back(I);
5650 return &SI;
5651 }
5652 }
5653 return 0;
5654}
5655
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005656void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
5657 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
5658 WorkList.end());
5659}
5660
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005661
5662/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
5663/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
5664/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
5665/// end of its block.
5666static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5667 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5668
5669 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
5670 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005671
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005672 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
5673 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
5674 return false;
5675
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005676 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5677 // the end of block that could change the value.
5678 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
5679 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
5680
5681 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
5682 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5683 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5684 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005685 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005686
5687 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
5688 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
5689
Chris Lattner9f269e42005-08-08 19:11:57 +00005690 I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005691 ++NumSunkInst;
5692 return true;
5693}
5694
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005695bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005696 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00005697 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005698
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005699 {
5700 // Populate the worklist with the reachable instructions.
5701 std::set<BasicBlock*> Visited;
5702 for (df_ext_iterator<BasicBlock*> BB = df_ext_begin(&F.front(), Visited),
5703 E = df_ext_end(&F.front(), Visited); BB != E; ++BB)
5704 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ++I)
5705 WorkList.push_back(I);
Jeff Cohen5f4ef3c2005-07-27 06:12:32 +00005706
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005707 // Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
5708 // unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
5709 // the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
5710 for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
5711 if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
5712 Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
5713 while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
5714 BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005715
Chris Lattner4ed40f72005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005716 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5717 ++NumDeadInst;
5718
5719 if (!I->use_empty())
5720 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
5721 I->eraseFromParent();
5722 }
5723 }
5724 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005725
5726 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5727 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
5728 WorkList.pop_back();
5729
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005730 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005731 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
5732 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5733 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005734 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005735 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005736 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005737
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005738 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5739
5740 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005741 removeFromWorkList(I);
5742 continue;
5743 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005744
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005745 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005746 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005747 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005748 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005749 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
5750 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
5751 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005752 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
5753 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
5754 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
5755 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5756 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
5757 isFoldableGEP = false;
5758 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005759 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005760 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
5761 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00005762 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005763 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
5764 }
5765 }
5766
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005767 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I);
5768
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005769 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005770 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00005771 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5772
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005773 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005774 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00005775 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005776 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005777 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005778
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005779 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
5780 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
5781 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5782 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
5783 if (UserParent != BB) {
5784 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5785 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5786 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5787 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5788 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5789 break;
5790 }
5791
5792 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5793 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5794 // otherwise), we can keep going.
5795 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
5796 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
5797 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5798 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
5799 }
5800 }
5801
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005802 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005803 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005804 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005805 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005806 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005807 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
5808 << " New = " << *Result);
5809
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005810 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5811 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5812
5813 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5814 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5815 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005816
5817 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
5818 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00005819 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005820
5821 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5822 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005823 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5824
5825 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5826 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5827 ++InsertPos;
5828
5829 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005830
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005831 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
5832 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005833 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5834 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5835 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5836
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005837 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
5838 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
5839 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005840
5841 // Erase the old instruction.
5842 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005843 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005844 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
5845
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005846 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5847 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005848 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5849 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
5850 // use counts.
5851 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5852 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5853 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
Misha Brukmanb1c93172005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005854
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005855 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
5856 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005857 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005858 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005859 } else {
5860 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5861 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005862 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005863 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005864 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005865 }
5866 }
5867
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005868 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005869}
5870
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005871FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005872 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005873}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00005874